Driver for USB-JTAG, Altera USB-Blaster and compatibles
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
156
157 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
158
159
160 @node Developers
161 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
162 @cindex developers
163
164 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
165 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
166 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
167 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
168
169 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
170 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
171
172 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
173
174 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
175 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
176
177 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
178
179 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
180
181 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
182
183 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
184 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
185 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
186 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
187 needing a GIT client:
188
189 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
190
191 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
192
193 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
194 from the repository or a snapshot.
195
196 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
197 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
198 Patches created against older versions may require additional
199 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
200
201 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
202
203 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
204 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
205 technical information about the software internals, development
206 processes, and similar documentation:
207
208 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
209
210 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
211 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
212 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
213
214 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
215
216 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
217 communication between developers:
218
219 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
220
221 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
222 The @file{PATCHES} file contains basic information about how
223 to prepare patches.
224
225
226 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
227 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
228 @cindex dongles
229 @cindex FTDI
230 @cindex wiggler
231 @cindex zy1000
232 @cindex printer port
233 @cindex USB Adapter
234 @cindex RTCK
235
236 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
237 an adapter .... [snip]
238
239 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
240 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
241 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
242 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
243 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
244 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
245 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
246
247
248 @section Choosing a Dongle
249
250 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
251
252 @enumerate
253 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
254 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
255 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
256 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
257 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
258 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
259 Ethernet port needed?
260 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
261 @end enumerate
262
263 @section Stand alone Systems
264
265 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
266 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
267 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
268 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
269 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
270
271 @section USB FT2232 Based
272
273 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
274 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
275 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
276 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
277 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
278 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
279
280 @itemize @bullet
281 @item @b{usbjtag}
282 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
283 @item @b{jtagkey}
284 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
285 @item @b{jtagkey2}
286 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
287 @item @b{oocdlink}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
289 @item @b{signalyzer}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
291 @item @b{evb_lm3s811}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
293 @item @b{luminary_icdi}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board, included in the Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92 Evaluation Kits.
295 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
297 @item @b{flyswatter}
298 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
299 @item @b{turtelizer2}
300 @* See:
301 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
302 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
303 @item @b{comstick}
304 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
305 @item @b{stm32stick}
306 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
307 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
308 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
309 @item @b{cortino}
310 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
311 @end itemize
312
313 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
314
315 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
316 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
317 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
318 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
319 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
320
321 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
322 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
323 (see the section on driver commands).
324
325 @itemize
326 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
327 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
328 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
329 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
330 @end itemize
331
332 @section USB JLINK based
333 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
334 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
335 AT91SAM764 internally.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
339 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
340 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
341 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
342 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
343 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
344 @end itemize
345
346 @section USB RLINK based
347 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
348
349 @itemize @bullet
350 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
351 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
352 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
353 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
354 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
355 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
356 @end itemize
357
358 @section USB Other
359 @itemize @bullet
360 @item @b{USBprog}
361 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
362
363 @item @b{USB - Presto}
364 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
365
366 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
367 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
368
369 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
370 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
371 @end itemize
372
373 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
374
375 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
376 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
377 these on the market.
378
379 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
380 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
381 of USB-based ones.
382
383 @itemize @bullet
384
385 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
386 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
387
388 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
389 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
390 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
391
392 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
394
395 @item @b{GW16402}
396 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
397
398 @item @b{Wiggler2}
399 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
400 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
401
402 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
403 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
404
405 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
406 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
407
408 @item @b{arm-jtag}
409 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
410
411 @item @b{chameleon}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
413
414 @item @b{Triton}
415 @* Unknown.
416
417 @item @b{Lattice}
418 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
419 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
420
421 @item @b{flashlink}
422 @* From ST Microsystems;
423 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
424 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
425
426 @end itemize
427
428 @section Other...
429 @itemize @bullet
430
431 @item @b{ep93xx}
432 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
433
434 @item @b{at91rm9200}
435 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
436
437 @end itemize
438
439 @node About JIM-Tcl
440 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
441 @cindex JIM Tcl
442 @cindex tcl
443
444 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
445 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
446 command interpreter.
447
448 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
449 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
450 much of anything about Tcl.
451 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
452
453 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
454
455 @itemize @bullet
456 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
457 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
458 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
459 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
460 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
461 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
462
463 @item @b{Missing Features}
464 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
465 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
466
467 @item @b{Scripts}
468 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
469 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
470 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
471
472 @item @b{Commands}
473 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
474 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
475 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
476 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
477
478 @item @b{Historical Note}
479 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
480
481 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
482 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
483 @end itemize
484
485 @node Running
486 @chapter Running
487 @cindex command line options
488 @cindex logfile
489 @cindex directory search
490
491 The @option{--help} option shows:
492 @verbatim
493 bash$ openocd --help
494
495 --help | -h display this help
496 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
497 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
498 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
499 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
500 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
501 --command | -c run <command>
502 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
503 @end verbatim
504
505 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
506 To specify a different (or multiple)
507 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
508
509 @example
510 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
511 @end example
512
513 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
514 @enumerate
515 @item the current directory,
516 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
517 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
518 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
519 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
520 @end enumerate
521 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
522
523 @section Simple setup, no customization
524
525 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
526 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
527 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
528 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
529 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
530
531 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
532 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
533 the server like:
534
535 @example
536 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
537 @end example
538
539 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
540 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
541 If all goes well you'll see output something like
542
543 @example
544 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
545 For bug reports, read
546 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
547 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
548 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
549 @end example
550
551 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
552 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
553 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
554
555 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
556
557 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
558 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
559 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
560 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
561 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
562 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
563 ensure that this always succeeds.
564 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
565 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
566 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
567 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
568
569 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
570 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
571 those channels.
572
573 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
574 the @option{-d} option.
575
576 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
577 @option{-c} command line switch.
578
579 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
580 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
581 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
582 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
583 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
584 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
585 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
586
587 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
588 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
589
590 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
591
592 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
593 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
594 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
595 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
596
597 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
598 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
599
600 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
601 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
602 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
603 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
604 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
605 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
606 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
607
608 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
609
610 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
611 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
612 and a USB cable on the other.
613 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
614 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
615
616 @enumerate
617 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
618 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
619 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
620 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
621 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
622 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
623 debugging host.
624
625 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
626 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
627 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
628 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
629 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
630
631 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
632 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
633 with 1.2 Volt boards.
634
635 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
636 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
637 ways to connect the cable.
638 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
639 Be sure it's firmly connected.
640
641 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
642 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
643 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
644 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
645 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
646 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
647 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
648 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
649
650 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
651 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
652 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
653 but are tedious to set up.
654 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
655 adapter signals to the right board pins.
656
657 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
658 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
659 you are using to run OpenOCD.
660 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
661
662 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
663 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
664 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
665
666 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
667 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
668 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
669
670 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
671 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
672 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
673 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
674
675 @end enumerate
676
677 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
678 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
679 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
680
681 @section Project Directory
682
683 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
684
685 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
686 single directory for your work with a given board.
687 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
688 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
689 files accessed through semihosting,
690 and for code you upload to the target board.
691 It is also the natural place to write files,
692 such as log files and data you download from the board.
693
694 @section Configuration Basics
695
696 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
697 a variety of ways you can mix them.
698 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
699
700 @itemize
701 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
702 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
703 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
704 @end itemize
705
706 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
707 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
708 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
709
710 @example
711 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
712
713 # GDB can also flash my flash!
714 gdb_memory_map enable
715 gdb_flash_program enable
716
717 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
718 @end example
719
720 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
721
722 @example
723 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
724 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
725 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
726 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
727 @end example
728
729 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
730 each supporting a different development task.
731 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
732 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
733
734 @quotation Important
735 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
736 problems with how it treats variables.
737 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
738 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
739 that can be tested in a later script.
740 @end quotation
741
742 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
743 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
744 to simplify your work.
745
746 @section User Config Files
747 @cindex config file, user
748 @cindex user config file
749 @cindex config file, overview
750
751 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
752 in one place.
753 One of the following will match your situation best:
754
755 @itemize
756 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
757 provided by someone else.
758 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
759 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
760 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
761 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
762 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
763 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
764
765 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
766 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
767
768 @enumerate
769 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
770 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
771 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
772 @end enumerate
773
774 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
775 The first is an interface config file.
776 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
777 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
778 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
779 meet your deadline:
780
781 @example
782 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
783 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
784 @end example
785
786 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
787 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
788 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
789 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
790
791 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
792 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
793 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
794 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
795 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
796 @xref{Autoprobing}.
797
798 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
799 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
800 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
801 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
802
803 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
804 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
805 giving access to your particular flash chips.
806 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
807 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
808
809 @quotation Note
810 When you write new configuration files, please submit
811 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
812 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
813 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
814 will help support users of any board using that chip.
815 @end quotation
816
817 @item
818 You may may need to write some C code.
819 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
820 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
821 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
822 a new chip architecture.
823 @end itemize
824
825 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
826 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
827 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
828
829 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
830 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
831 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
832 @itemize
833
834 @item
835 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
836 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
837 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
838 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
839
840 @item
841 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
842 @cindex vector_catch
843 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
844 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
845 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
846 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
847 along with messaging and tracing setup.
848 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
849
850 @item
851 You might need to override some defaults.
852 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
853 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
854
855 @item
856 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
857 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
858 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
859 @end itemize
860
861 @section Project-Specific Utilities
862
863 A few project-specific utility
864 routines may well speed up your work.
865 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
866
867 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
868 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
869 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
870 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
871 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
872 may help:
873
874 @example
875 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
876 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
877 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
878 # Leave the CPU halted.
879 reset init
880
881 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
882 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
883
884 # Start running.
885 resume 0x20000000
886 @}
887 @end example
888
889 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
890 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
891 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
892 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
893 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
894
895 @example
896 proc newboot @{ @} @{
897 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
898 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
899 # "reset halt" would be slower.
900 reset init
901
902 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
903 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
904 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
905 flash protect 0 0 1 off
906 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
907 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
908 flash protect 0 0 1 on
909
910 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
911 reset run
912 @}
913 @end example
914
915 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
916 from NAND.
917 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
918 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
919 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
920
921 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
922 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
923
924 @section Target Software Changes
925
926 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
927 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
928 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
929 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
930 handling issues like:
931
932 @itemize @bullet
933
934 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
935 @cindex ARM semihosting
936 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
937 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
938 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
939 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
940 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
941 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
942 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
943 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
944 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
945 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
946 NAND or SPI flash.
947
948 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
949 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
950 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
951 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
952 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
953
954 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
955 or otherwise prevent using that state,
956 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
957 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
958 work for an idle processor otherwise.
959
960 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
961 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
962 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
963 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
964 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
965
966 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
967 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
968 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
969 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
970 early code execution can be debugged
971 or firmware can be replaced.
972
973 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
974 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
975 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
976 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
977 operations like writing to memory.)
978
979 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
980 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
981 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
982 various kinds of message.
983 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
984
985 @end itemize
986
987 @node Config File Guidelines
988 @chapter Config File Guidelines
989
990 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
991 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
992 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
993 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
994
995 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
996 with files including the ones listed here.
997 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
998 @itemize @bullet
999 @item @file{interface} ...
1000 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1001 @example
1002 $ ls interface
1003 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1004 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1005 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1006 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1007 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1008 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1009 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1010 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1011 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1012 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1013 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1014 $
1015 @end example
1016 @item @file{board} ...
1017 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1018 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1019 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1020 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1021 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1022 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1023 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1024 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1025 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1026 a CPU and an FPGA.
1027 @example
1028 $ ls board
1029 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1030 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1031 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1032 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1033 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1034 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1035 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1036 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1037 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1038 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1039 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1040 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1041 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1042 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1043 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1044 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1045 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1046 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1047 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1048 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1049 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1050 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1051 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1052 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1053 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1054 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1055 $
1056 @end example
1057 @item @file{target} ...
1058 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1059 on a chip
1060 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1061 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1062 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1063 the target config file defines all of them.
1064 @example
1065 $ ls target
1066 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1067 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1068 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1069 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1070 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1071 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1072 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1073 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1074 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1075 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1076 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1077 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1078 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1079 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1080 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1081 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1082 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1083 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1084 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1085 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1086 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1087 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1088 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1089 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1090 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1091 $
1092 @end example
1093 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1094 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1095 @end itemize
1096
1097 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1098 file may override features in any of the above files by
1099 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1100 commands specific to their situation.
1101
1102 @section Interface Config Files
1103
1104 The user config file
1105 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1106
1107 @example
1108 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1109 @end example
1110
1111 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1112 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1113 sole developer who created it.
1114
1115 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1116 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1117 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1118 and need to provide a driver for it.
1119
1120 @section Board Config Files
1121 @cindex config file, board
1122 @cindex board config file
1123
1124 The user config file
1125 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1126
1127 @example
1128 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1129 @end example
1130
1131 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1132 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1133 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1134
1135 @enumerate
1136 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1137 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1138 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1139 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1140 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1141 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1142 @end enumerate
1143
1144 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1145 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1146 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1147 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1148
1149 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1150 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1151 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1152 configuration works.
1153
1154 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1155
1156 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1157 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1158 convention on how to use certain variables.
1159
1160 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1161 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1162 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1163 used at will within a target configuration file.
1164
1165 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1166 for a board with three chips:
1167
1168 @example
1169 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1170 set CHIPNAME network
1171 set ENDIAN big
1172 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1173 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1174 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1175 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1176
1177 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1178 set CHIPNAME video
1179 set ENDIAN little
1180 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1181 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1182 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1183 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1184
1185 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1186 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1187 unset ENDIAN
1188 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1189 @end example
1190
1191 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1192 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1193 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1194 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1195 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1196 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1197 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1198 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1199
1200 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1201 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1202 naming collisions.
1203
1204 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1205 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1206 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1207 up other clocks and peripherals.
1208
1209 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1210 @cindex variable names
1211
1212 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1213 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1214 one such chip (as shown above).
1215 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1216 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1217 to promote consistency and
1218 so that board files can override target defaults.
1219
1220 Inputs to target config files include:
1221
1222 @itemize @bullet
1223 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1224 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1225 tap identifier dotted names.
1226 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1227 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1228 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1229 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1230 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1231 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1232 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1233 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1234 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1235 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1236 @end itemize
1237
1238 Outputs from target config files include:
1239
1240 @itemize @bullet
1241 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1242 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1243 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1244 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1245 specific to that board and that target.
1246 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1247 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1248 @end itemize
1249
1250 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1251 @cindex event, reset-init
1252 @cindex reset-init handler
1253
1254 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1255 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1256 fully set up yet.
1257 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1258 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1259 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1260 handler is one of the most important.
1261
1262 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1263 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1264 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1265 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1266 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1267
1268 @quotation Note
1269 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1270 are included here.
1271 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1272 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1273 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1274 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1275 @end quotation
1276
1277 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1278 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1279 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1280 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1281 those as parameters.
1282 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1283 and disabling the watchdog.
1284 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1285 the next developer doing such work.
1286 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1287
1288 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1289 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1290 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1291 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1292
1293 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1294
1295 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1296 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1297 a low JTAG clock rate.
1298 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1299 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1300 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1301 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1302 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1303 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1304 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1305
1306 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1307 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1308 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1309 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1310 which might be less than that.
1311
1312 @quotation Warning
1313 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1314 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1315 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1316 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1317 @end quotation
1318
1319 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1320 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1321 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1322 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1323 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1324
1325 @section Target Config Files
1326 @cindex config file, target
1327 @cindex target config file
1328
1329 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1330 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1331 more target config files like this:
1332
1333 @example
1334 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1335 @end example
1336
1337 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1338 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1339 In summary the target files should contain
1340
1341 @enumerate
1342 @item Set defaults
1343 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1344 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1345 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1346 @item On-Chip flash
1347 @end enumerate
1348
1349 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1350 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1351 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1352
1353 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1354 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1355 can talk to the chip.
1356 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1357 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1358 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1359 and other processing engines.
1360
1361 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1362
1363 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1364 letting board config files express environment-specific
1365 differences in how things should be set up.
1366
1367 @example
1368 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1369 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1370 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1371 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1372 @} else @{
1373 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1374 @}
1375
1376 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1377 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1378 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1379 @} else @{
1380 set _ENDIAN little
1381 @}
1382
1383 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1384 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1385 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1386 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1387 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1388 @} else @{
1389 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1390 @}
1391 @end example
1392 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1393
1394 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1395 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1396 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1397
1398 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1399 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1400 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1401
1402 @example
1403 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1404 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1405 @end example
1406
1407 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1408 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1409 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1410 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1411 for taps.
1412
1413 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1414 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1415 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1416 looks (in part) like this:
1417
1418 @example
1419 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1420 @end example
1421
1422 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1423 to source such a config file twice, with different
1424 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1425 it adds a different TAP each time.
1426
1427 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1428 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1429 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1430 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1431
1432 @example
1433 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1434 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1435 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1436 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1437 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1438 @end example
1439
1440 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1441 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1442
1443 @itemize
1444 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1445 plus a JRC to enable them
1446 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1447 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1448 is not currently used)
1449 @end itemize
1450
1451 @subsection Add CPU targets
1452
1453 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1454 GDB and other commands can use it.
1455 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1456 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1457 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1458 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1459
1460 @example
1461 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1462 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1463 @end example
1464
1465 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1466 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1467 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1468 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1469 a work area if you can.
1470 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1471
1472 @example
1473 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1474 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1475 @end example
1476
1477 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1478
1479 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1480 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1481 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1482
1483 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1484 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1485 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1486 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1487 both signals.
1488
1489 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1490 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1491 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1492 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1493 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1494 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1495 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1496 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1497 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1498 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1499 not available.)
1500
1501 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1502 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1503 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1504 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1505 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1506 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1507 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1508 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1509
1510 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1511 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1512 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1513 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1514 slower clock than they will use later.
1515 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1516 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1517 than they will use later.
1518 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1519
1520 @quotation Important
1521 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1522 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1523 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1524 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1525 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1526 @end quotation
1527
1528 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1529
1530 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1531 special high speed download features - enable it.
1532
1533 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1534
1535 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1536 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1537 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1538 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1539 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1540 If you are using an external trace port,
1541 configure it in your board config file.
1542 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1543 configure it in your target config file.
1544
1545 @example
1546 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1547 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1548 @end example
1549
1550 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1551
1552 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1553
1554 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1555 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1556 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1557 the TARGET (chip) file.
1558
1559 Examples:
1560 @itemize @bullet
1561 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1562 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1563 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1564 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1565 @end itemize
1566
1567 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1568 @section Translating Configuration Files
1569 @cindex translation
1570 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1571 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1572 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1573 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1574 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1575 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1576
1577 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1578 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1579 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1580 convert other scripts later on.
1581
1582 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1583 replace job:
1584
1585 @example
1586 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1587 #
1588 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1589 #
1590 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1591 #
1592 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1593
1594 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1595 global TARGETNAME
1596
1597 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1598
1599 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1600 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1601 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1602 @}
1603 @end example
1604
1605
1606
1607 @node Daemon Configuration
1608 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1609 @cindex initialization
1610 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1611 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1612 supported.
1613
1614 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1615 @section Configuration Stage
1616 @cindex configuration stage
1617 @cindex config command
1618
1619 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1620 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1621 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1622 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1623 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1624 which may be issued interactively.
1625
1626 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1627 flash banks,
1628 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1629 and other basic setup.
1630 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1631 may access or activate TAPs.
1632 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1633 longer be issued.
1634
1635 @section Entering the Run Stage
1636
1637 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1638 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1639 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1640 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1641 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1642 You should see no errors at this point.
1643 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1644 commands you used to configure the server.
1645 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1646 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1647 on the scan chain.
1648
1649 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1650 become available.
1651 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1652 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1653 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1654 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1655 entry to the run stage.
1656
1657 @deffn {Config Command} init
1658 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1659 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1660 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1661 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1662 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1663 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1664
1665 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1666 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1667 configuration files and/or command line options.
1668
1669 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1670 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1671 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1672 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1673 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1674 @end deffn
1675
1676 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1677 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1678 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1679
1680 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1681 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1682 scan chain.
1683 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1684 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1685
1686 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1687 they return.
1688 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1689 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1690 @end deffn
1691
1692 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1693 @section TCP/IP Ports
1694 @cindex TCP port
1695 @cindex server
1696 @cindex port
1697 @cindex security
1698 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1699 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1700 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1701
1702 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1703 access using one or more of these ports.
1704 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1705 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1706 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1707
1708 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1709 @cindex GDB server
1710 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1711 The GDB port for the
1712 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1713 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1714 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1715 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1716 @end deffn
1717
1718 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1719 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1720 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1721 output from the Tcl engine.
1722 Intended as a machine interface.
1723 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1724 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1725 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1726 @end deffn
1727
1728 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1729 Specify or query the
1730 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1731 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1732 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1733 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1734 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1735 @end deffn
1736
1737 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1738 @section GDB Configuration
1739 @cindex GDB
1740 @cindex GDB configuration
1741 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1742 The ones listed here are static and global.
1743 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1744 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1745
1746 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1747 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1748 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1749 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1750 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1751 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1752 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1753 @end deffn
1754
1755 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1756 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1757 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1758 vFlash packet is received.
1759 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1760 @end deffn
1761
1762 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1763 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1764 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1765 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1766 for flash programming to work.
1767 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1768 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1769 @end deffn
1770
1771 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1772 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1773 by GDB memory read packets.
1774 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1775 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1776 @end deffn
1777
1778 @anchor{Event Polling}
1779 @section Event Polling
1780
1781 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1782 where significant events can happen at any time.
1783 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1784 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1785 or to GDB.
1786
1787 Examples of such events include:
1788
1789 @itemize
1790 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1791 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1792 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1793 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1794 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1795 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1796 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1797 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1798 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1799 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1800 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1801 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1802 @end itemize
1803
1804 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1805 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1806 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1807 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1808 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1809
1810 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1811 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1812 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1813 to the various active targets.
1814 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1815 which is normally done in the background.
1816
1817 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1818 Poll the current target for its current state.
1819 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1820 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1821 specific information about the current state is printed.
1822 An optional parameter
1823 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1824
1825 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1826 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1827 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1828 @example
1829 > poll
1830 background polling: on
1831 target state: halted
1832 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1833 current mode: Supervisor
1834 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1835 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1836 >
1837 @end example
1838 @end deffn
1839
1840 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1841 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1842 @cindex config file, interface
1843 @cindex interface config file
1844
1845 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1846 through commands in an interface configuration
1847 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1848 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1849
1850 @example
1851 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1852 @end example
1853
1854 These commands tell
1855 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1856 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1857
1858 @example
1859 # jlink interface
1860 interface jlink
1861 @end example
1862
1863 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1864
1865
1866 @section Interface Configuration
1867
1868 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1869 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1870 more additional commands.
1871
1872 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1873 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1874 target.
1875 @end deffn
1876
1877 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1878 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1879 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1880 @end deffn
1881
1882 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1883 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1884 @end deffn
1885
1886 @section Interface Drivers
1887
1888 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1889 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1890 available at run time.
1891
1892 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1893 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1894 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1895 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1896
1897 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1898 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1899 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1900 @end deffn
1901
1902 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1903 Displays status of RTCK option.
1904 Optionally sets that option first.
1905 @end deffn
1906 @end deffn
1907
1908 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1909 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1910 This has one driver-specific command:
1911
1912 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1913 Logs some status
1914 @end deffn
1915 @end deffn
1916
1917 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1918 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1919 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1920 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1921 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1922 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1923 @end deffn
1924
1925 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1926 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1927 @end deffn
1928
1929 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1930 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1931 @end deffn
1932
1933 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1934 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1935 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1936 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1937
1938 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1939 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1940 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1941 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1942 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1943 @end deffn
1944
1945 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1946 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1947 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1948 is connected to the host.
1949 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1950 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1951 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1952 @end deffn
1953
1954 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1955 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1956 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1957 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1958 @itemize @minus
1959 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1960 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1961 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1962 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1963 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1964 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1965 @item @b{luminary_icdi} Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board
1966 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1967 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1968 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1969 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1970 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1971 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1972 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1973 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1974 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1975 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1976 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1977 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1978 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
1979 @end itemize
1980 @end deffn
1981
1982 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
1983 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
1984 default values are used.
1985 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
1986 @example
1987 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
1988 @end example
1989 @end deffn
1990
1991 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
1992 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
1993 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
1994 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
1995 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
1996 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
1997 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
1998 @end deffn
1999
2000 For example, the interface config file for a
2001 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2002
2003 @example
2004 interface ft2232
2005 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2006 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2007 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2008 @end example
2009 @end deffn
2010
2011 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2012 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2013 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2014 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2015
2016 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2017 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2018 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2019 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2020 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2021 @end deffn
2022
2023 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2024 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2025 default values are used.
2026 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2027 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2028 @example
2029 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2030 @end example
2031 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2032 @example
2033 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2034 @end example
2035 @end deffn
2036
2037 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2038 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2039 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2040 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2041
2042 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2043 @example
2044 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2045 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2046 @end example
2047 @end deffn
2048
2049 @end deffn
2050
2051 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2052 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2053 This has one driver-specific command:
2054
2055 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2056 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2057 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2058 @end deffn
2059 @end deffn
2060
2061 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2062 Segger jlink USB adapter
2063 @c command: jlink_info
2064 @c dumps status
2065 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2066 @c sets version 2 or 3
2067 @end deffn
2068
2069 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2070 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2071 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2072 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2073 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2074
2075 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2076 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2077 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2078
2079 @itemize @minus
2080 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2081 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2082 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2083 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2084 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2085 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2086 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2087 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2088 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2089 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2090 some versions of
2091 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2092 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2093 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2094 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2095 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2096 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2097 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2098 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2099 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2100 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2101 @end itemize
2102 @end deffn
2103
2104 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2105 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
2106 the @file{/dev/parport} device
2107
2108 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2109 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2110 you may encounter a problem.
2111 @end deffn
2112
2113 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2114 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2115 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2116 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2117 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2118 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2119
2120 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2121 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2122 @quotation Tip
2123 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2124 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2125 @example
2126 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2127 > jtag_khz 500
2128 @end example
2129 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2130 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2131 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2132 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2133 large set of samples.
2134 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2135 @example
2136 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2137 @end example
2138 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2139 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2140
2141 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2142 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2143 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2144 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2145 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2146 @end quotation
2147 @end deffn
2148
2149 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
2150 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2151 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
2152 @end deffn
2153
2154 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2155 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
2156
2157 @example
2158 interface parport
2159 parport_port 0xc8b8
2160 parport_cable wiggler
2161 @end example
2162 @end deffn
2163
2164 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2165 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2166 @c command: presto_serial str
2167 @c sets serial number
2168 @end deffn
2169
2170 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2171 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2172 @end deffn
2173
2174 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2175 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2176 @end deffn
2177
2178 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2179 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2180
2181 @quotation Note
2182 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2183 which are not currently documented here.
2184 @end quotation
2185 @end deffn
2186
2187 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2188 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2189
2190 @quotation Note
2191 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2192 which are not currently documented here.
2193 @end quotation
2194
2195 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2196 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2197 No arguments: print status.
2198 @end deffn
2199
2200 @end deffn
2201
2202 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2203 @section JTAG Speed
2204 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2205 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2206 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2207 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2208 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2209 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2210 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2211 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2212 power management software that may be active.
2213
2214 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2215 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2216 target event handler.
2217 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2218 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2219 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2220 sets up those clocks).
2221 @xref{Target Events}.
2222 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2223 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2224 in the target config file.
2225 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2226 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2227 config file instead.
2228 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2229 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2230 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2231
2232 @example
2233 jtag_rclk 3000
2234 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2235 @end example
2236
2237 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2238 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2239 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2240 may not be the fastest solution.
2241
2242 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2243 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2244
2245 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2246 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2247 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2248 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2249 than the speed specified.
2250
2251 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2252 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2253 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2254 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2255
2256 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2257 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2258 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2259 JTAG clocking after setup.
2260 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2261 If the interface device can not
2262 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2263 @end deffn
2264
2265 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2266 @cindex adaptive clocking
2267 @cindex RTCK
2268 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2269 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2270 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2271 @example
2272 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2273 jtag_rclk 3000
2274 @end example
2275 @end defun
2276
2277 @node Reset Configuration
2278 @chapter Reset Configuration
2279 @cindex Reset Configuration
2280
2281 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2282 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2283 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2284 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2285 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2286 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2287 Please see the various board files for examples.
2288
2289 @quotation Note
2290 To maintainers and integrators:
2291 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2292 Normally the board configuration file
2293 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2294 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2295
2296 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2297 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2298 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2299 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2300 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2301 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2302 @end quotation
2303
2304 @section Types of Reset
2305
2306 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2307 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2308 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2309
2310 @itemize @bullet
2311 @item
2312 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2313 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2314 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2315 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2316 @item
2317 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2318 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2319 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2320 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2321 @item
2322 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2323 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2324 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2325 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2326 @item
2327 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2328 several other types of reset.
2329 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2330 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2331 There may be individual module resets.
2332 @end itemize
2333
2334 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2335 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2336 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2337 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2338 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2339 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2340 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2341 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2342 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2343
2344 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2345 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2346
2347 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2348 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2349 common issues are:
2350
2351 @itemize @bullet
2352
2353 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2354 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2355 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2356 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2357 when either of those signals is not connected.
2358 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2359 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2360 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2361 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2362
2363 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2364 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2365 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2366 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2367
2368 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2369 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2370 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2371 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2372 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2373 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2374 hardware debouncing.
2375 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2376 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2377
2378 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2379 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2380 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2381 to use push/pull output drivers.
2382 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2383 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2384 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2385 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2386
2387 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2388 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2389 issues (not limited to errata).
2390 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2391 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2392 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2393 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2394 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2395 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2396 @end itemize
2397
2398 There can also be other issues.
2399 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2400 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2401 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2402 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2403 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2404 Agreement (NDA).
2405
2406 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2407 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2408 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2409
2410 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2411 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2412
2413 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2414
2415 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2416 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2417 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2418 allowing it to be deasserted.
2419 @end deffn
2420
2421 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2422 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2423 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2424 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2425 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2426 @end deffn
2427
2428 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2429 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2430 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2431 allowing it to be deasserted.
2432 @end deffn
2433
2434 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2435 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2436 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2437 @end deffn
2438
2439 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2440 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2441 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2442 configuration scripts.
2443
2444 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2445 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2446 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2447 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2448 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2449 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2450 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2451 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2452
2453 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2454 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2455 @var{gates},
2456 @var{trst_type},
2457 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2458 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2459 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2460 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2461 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2462 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2463
2464 @itemize
2465 @item
2466 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2467 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2468 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2469 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2470 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2471
2472 @quotation Tip
2473 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2474 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2475 @end quotation
2476
2477 @item
2478 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2479 signal implementations.
2480 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2481 indicating everything behaves normally.
2482 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2483 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2484 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2485 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2486 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2487 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2488 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2489
2490 @item
2491 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2492 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2493 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2494 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2495 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2496 while SRST is asserted.
2497 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2498 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2499 @end itemize
2500
2501 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2502 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2503 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2504 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2505 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2506
2507 @itemize
2508 @item
2509 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2510 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2511 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2512 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2513
2514 @item
2515 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2516 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2517 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2518 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2519 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2520 @end itemize
2521 @end deffn
2522
2523 @section Custom Reset Handling
2524 @cindex events
2525
2526 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2527 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2528 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2529 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2530 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2531 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2532
2533 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2534 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2535 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2536 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2537 want to reset everything at once.
2538
2539 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2540 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2541 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2542 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2543 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2544 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2545 needs special attention.
2546
2547 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2548 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2549 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2550 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2551 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2552 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2553 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2554 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2555
2556 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2557 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2558 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2559 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2560 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2561
2562 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2563 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2564 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2565 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2566 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2567 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2568 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2569 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2570 or potentially some other value.
2571
2572 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2573 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2574 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2575 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2576 (or their associated targets)
2577 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2578
2579 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2580 they return.
2581 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2582 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2583 @end deffn
2584
2585 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2586 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2587 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2588 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2589 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2590 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2591 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2592 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2593 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2594 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2595 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2596 @end deffn
2597
2598 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2599 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2600 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2601 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2602 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2603 @end deffn
2604
2605
2606 @node TAP Declaration
2607 @chapter TAP Declaration
2608 @cindex TAP declaration
2609 @cindex TAP configuration
2610
2611 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2612 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2613
2614 @itemize @bullet
2615 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2616 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2617 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2618 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2619 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2620 start running that code.
2621 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2622 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2623 and missing connections
2624 @end itemize
2625
2626 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2627 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2628 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2629 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2630 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2631
2632 @section Scan Chains
2633 @cindex scan chain
2634
2635 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2636 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2637 They also need to be added to
2638 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2639 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2640 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2641 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2642 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2643 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2644 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2645 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2646
2647 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2648 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2649 command, presented in the next chapter.
2650 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2651 debugging targets.)
2652 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2653
2654 @verbatim
2655 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2656 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2657 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2658 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2659 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2660 @end verbatim
2661
2662 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2663 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2664 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2665 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2666 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2667 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2668 until they are told to do so.
2669
2670 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2671 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2672 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2673 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2674
2675 @example
2676 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2677 @end example
2678
2679 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2680 by a given chip.
2681 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2682 and so forth.
2683 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2684 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2685 a single chip and between them.
2686 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2687
2688 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2689 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2690 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2691 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2692 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2693 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2694 includes commands something like this:
2695
2696 @example
2697 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2698 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2699 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2700 @end example
2701
2702 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2703 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2704 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2705
2706 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2707 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2708 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2709 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2710 @example
2711 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2712 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2713 @}
2714 @end example
2715 @end deffn
2716
2717 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2718 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2719 and their status.
2720 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2721 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2722 but systems with a JTAG router can
2723 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2724 @end deffn
2725
2726 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2727 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2728
2729 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2730 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2731
2732 @section TAP Names
2733 @cindex dotted name
2734
2735 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2736 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2737 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2738 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2739 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2740 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2741 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2742 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2743
2744 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2745 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2746 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2747
2748 @quotation Tip
2749 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2750 This feature is still present.
2751 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2752 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2753 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2754 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2755 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2756 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2757 @end quotation
2758
2759 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2760
2761 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2762 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2763 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2764 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2765 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2766
2767 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2768 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2769 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2770 overridable.
2771
2772 @cindex TAP naming convention
2773 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2774 and should follow this convention:
2775
2776 @itemize @bullet
2777 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2778 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2779 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2780 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2781 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2782 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2783 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2784 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2785 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2786 with a single TAP;
2787 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2788 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2789 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2790 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2791 @end itemize
2792
2793 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2794
2795 @itemize @bullet
2796 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2797 @*The length in bits of the
2798 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2799 @end itemize
2800
2801 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2802
2803 @itemize @bullet
2804 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2805 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2806 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2807 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2808 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2809 (the TAP is linked in).
2810 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2811 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2812 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2813 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2814 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2815 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2816 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2817 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2818 values that were found but not included in the list.
2819
2820 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2821 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2822 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2823 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2824 hardware to find these values.
2825 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2826 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2827 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2828 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2829 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2830 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2831 the various chip IDs.
2832 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2833 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2834 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2835 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2836 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2837 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2838 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2839 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2840 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2841 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2842 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2843 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2844 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2845 @end itemize
2846 @end deffn
2847
2848 @section Other TAP commands
2849
2850 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2851 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2852 At this writing this TAP attribute
2853 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2854 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2855 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2856 See the next section for information about the available events.
2857
2858 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2859 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2860 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2861 @end deffn
2862
2863 @anchor{TAP Events}
2864 @section TAP Events
2865 @cindex events
2866 @cindex TAP events
2867
2868 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2869 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2870 The other applies to debugger targets,
2871 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2872
2873 The TAP events currently defined are:
2874
2875 @itemize @bullet
2876 @item @b{post-reset}
2877 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2878 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2879 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2880 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2881 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2882
2883 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2884 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2885 of any particular target.
2886 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2887 @item @b{setup}
2888 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2889 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2890 @item @b{tap-disable}
2891 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2892 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2893 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2894 @item @b{tap-enable}
2895 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2896 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2897 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2898 @end itemize
2899
2900 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2901 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2902 contents to be accurate), you might:
2903
2904 @example
2905 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2906 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2907 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2908 @}
2909 @end example
2910
2911
2912 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2913 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2914 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2915 @cindex jrc
2916
2917 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2918 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2919 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2920 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2921 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2922
2923 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2924 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2925 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2926 be visible.
2927 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2928 ignores, such as:
2929
2930 @itemize
2931 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2932 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2933 TAPs receive new instructions.
2934 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2935 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2936 @end itemize
2937
2938 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2939 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2940 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2941 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2942
2943 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2944 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2945
2946 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2947 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2948 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2949 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2950 should define TAP event handlers using
2951 code that looks something like this:
2952
2953 @example
2954 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2955 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2956 @}
2957 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2958 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2959 @}
2960 @end example
2961
2962 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2963
2964 @example
2965 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2966 @end example
2967
2968 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2969 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2970 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2971 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2972
2973 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2974 If necessary, disables the tap
2975 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2976 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2977 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2978 and "0" if it is disabled.
2979 @end deffn
2980
2981 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
2982 If necessary, enables the tap
2983 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
2984 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2985 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2986 and "0" if it is disabled.
2987 @end deffn
2988
2989 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
2990 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2991 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2992 and "0" if it is disabled.
2993
2994 @quotation Note
2995 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
2996 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
2997 @end quotation
2998 @end deffn
2999
3000 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3001 @section Autoprobing
3002 @cindex autoprobe
3003 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3004
3005 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3006 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3007 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3008 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3009
3010 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3011 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3012 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3013 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3014 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3015 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3016 right when they come out of reset).
3017
3018 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3019
3020 @example
3021 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3022 reset_config trst_and_srst
3023 jtag_rclk 8
3024 @end example
3025
3026 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3027 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3028
3029 @enumerate
3030 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3031 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3032 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3033 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3034 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3035 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3036 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3037 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3038 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3039 that is discovered.
3040 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3041 register, it will report it.
3042 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3043 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3044 @end enumerate
3045
3046 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3047 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3048 that's a bit more complex:
3049
3050 @example
3051 clock speed 8 kHz
3052 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3053 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3054 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3055 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3056 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3057 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3058 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3059 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3060 @end example
3061
3062 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3063 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3064 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3065 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3066 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3067 and so forth.
3068
3069 @node CPU Configuration
3070 @chapter CPU Configuration
3071 @cindex GDB target
3072
3073 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3074 You can also access these targets without GDB
3075 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3076 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3077 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3078 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3079
3080 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3081 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3082
3083 @section Target List
3084 @cindex target, current
3085 @cindex target, list
3086
3087 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3088 where each member has a name.
3089 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3090 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3091 (plural!) command.
3092 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3093 look like with more than one:
3094 @verbatim
3095 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3096 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3097 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3098 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3099 @end verbatim
3100
3101 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3102 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3103 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3104 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3105 space seen by that current target.
3106 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3107 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3108 are examples; and there are many more.
3109
3110 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3111
3112 @deffn Command {target count}
3113 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3114 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3115 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3116
3117 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3118 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3119 @example
3120 set c [target count]
3121 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3122 # Assuming you have created this function
3123 print_target_details $x
3124 @}
3125 @end example
3126 @end deffn
3127
3128 @deffn Command {target current}
3129 Returns the name of the current target.
3130 @end deffn
3131
3132 @deffn Command {target names}
3133 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3134 @example
3135 foreach t [target names] @{
3136 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3137 @}
3138 @end example
3139 @end deffn
3140
3141 @deffn Command {target number} number
3142 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3143 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3144
3145 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3146 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3147 @example
3148 set thename [target number $x]
3149 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3150 @end example
3151 @end deffn
3152
3153 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3154 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3155
3156 @deffn Command targets [name]
3157 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3158 command names are singular.}
3159
3160 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3161 targets in a user friendly form.
3162
3163 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3164 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3165 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3166 @end deffn
3167
3168 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3169 @cindex target type
3170 @cindex CPU type
3171 @cindex CPU variant
3172
3173 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3174 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3175 when calling @command{target create}.
3176 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3177 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3178 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3179 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3180 what core-specific commands may be available
3181 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3182 and more.
3183
3184 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3185 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3186 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3187 worked around in some chip versions.
3188
3189 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3190 since there's a command to list them.
3191 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3192 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3193
3194 @anchor{target types}
3195 @deffn Command {target types}
3196 Lists all supported target types.
3197 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3198
3199 @itemize @bullet
3200 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3201 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3202 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3203 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3204 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3205 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3206 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3207 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3208 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3209 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3210 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3211 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3212 @itemize @minus
3213 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3214 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3215 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3216 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3217 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3218 @end itemize
3219 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3220 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3221 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3222 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3223 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3224 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3225 @itemize @minus
3226 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3227 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3228 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3229 processor.
3230 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3231 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3232 @end itemize
3233 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3234 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3235 There are several variants defined:
3236 @itemize @minus
3237 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3238 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3239 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3240 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3241 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3242 @end itemize
3243 @end itemize
3244 @end deffn
3245
3246 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3247 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3248 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3249 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3250 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3251 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3252 reflect design generations;
3253 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3254 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3255
3256 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3257 @section Target Configuration
3258
3259 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3260 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3261 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3262 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3263 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3264
3265 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3266 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3267 optional parts.
3268 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3269 command, created as part of target creation.
3270
3271 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3272 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3273 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3274 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3275 to be much more board-specific.
3276 The key steps you use might look something like this
3277
3278 @example
3279 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3280 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3281 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3282 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3283 @end example
3284
3285 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3286 on-chip SRAM.
3287 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3288 writes to target memory;
3289 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3290 GDB memory checksumming;
3291 and more.
3292
3293 @quotation Warning
3294 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3295 inaccessible when application code
3296 (such as an operating system)
3297 enables or disables the MMU.
3298 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3299 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3300 easy access to other addresses needed.
3301 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3302 @end quotation
3303
3304 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3305 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3306 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3307 controllers.
3308 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3309 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3310 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3311
3312 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3313 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3314 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3315 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3316 purposes including additional configuration.
3317
3318 @itemize @bullet
3319 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3320 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3321 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3322 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3323
3324 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3325 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3326 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3327 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3328 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3329 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3330 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3331 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3332
3333 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3334 @end itemize
3335 @end deffn
3336
3337 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3338 The options accepted by this command may also be
3339 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3340 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3341 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3342
3343 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3344 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3345 and changing its endianness or variant.
3346
3347 @itemize @bullet
3348
3349 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3350 used to access this target.
3351
3352 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3353 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3354
3355 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3356 @xref{Target Events}.
3357 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3358 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3359 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3360 same event name assigns only one handler.
3361
3362 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3363 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3364
3365 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3366 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3367 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3368 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3369 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3370 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3371 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3372
3373 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3374 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3375 or virtual address is being used.
3376
3377 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3378 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3379
3380 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3381 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3382 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3383 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3384 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3385
3386 @end itemize
3387 @end deffn
3388
3389 @section Other $target_name Commands
3390 @cindex object command
3391
3392 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3393 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3394
3395 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3396 Once a button is created a button
3397 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3398 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3399 configure it like this:
3400
3401 @example
3402 # Create
3403 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3404 # Modify
3405 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3406 # Query
3407 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3408 # Report
3409 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3410 @end example
3411
3412 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3413 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3414
3415 @example
3416 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3417 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3418 @end example
3419
3420 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3421
3422 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3423 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3424 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3425 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3426 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3427 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3428 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3429 They are not otherwise documented here.
3430 @end deffn
3431
3432 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3433 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3434 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3435 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3436 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3437 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3438 the target side uses raw memory.
3439
3440 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3441 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3442 The script orientation comes from working with data
3443 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3444 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3445 and neither store nor return those values.
3446
3447 @itemize
3448 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3449 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3450 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3451 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3452 @end itemize
3453 @end deffn
3454
3455 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3456 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3457 @command{$target_name configure}
3458 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3459 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3460 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3461 There are a few special cases:
3462
3463 @itemize @bullet
3464 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3465 event named @var{event_name}.
3466 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3467 two parameters.
3468 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3469 This is a special case because this is set using
3470 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3471 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3472 @end itemize
3473
3474 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3475 all the targets you might use something like this:
3476
3477 @example
3478 foreach name [target names] @{
3479 set y [$name cget -endian]
3480 set z [$name cget -type]
3481 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3482 $x $name $y $z]
3483 @}
3484 @end example
3485 @end deffn
3486
3487 @anchor{target curstate}
3488 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3489 Displays the current target state:
3490 @code{debug-running},
3491 @code{halted},
3492 @code{reset},
3493 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3494 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3495 @end deffn
3496
3497 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3498 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3499 currently associated with this target.
3500 @xref{Target Events}.
3501 @end deffn
3502
3503 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3504 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3505 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3506 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3507 @end deffn
3508
3509 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3510 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3511 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3512 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3513 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3514 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3515 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3516 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3517 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3518 @end deffn
3519
3520 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3521 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3522 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3523 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3524 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3525 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3526 @end deffn
3527
3528 @anchor{Target Events}
3529 @section Target Events
3530 @cindex target events
3531 @cindex events
3532 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3533 For example:
3534 @itemize @bullet
3535 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3536 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3537 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3538 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3539 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3540 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3541 to set up system clocks or
3542 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3543 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3544 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3545 @end itemize
3546
3547 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3548 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3549 @command{target create ... -event}.
3550
3551 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3552 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3553 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3554
3555 @example
3556 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3557 echo "Reset..."
3558 reset halt
3559 @}
3560 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3561 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3562 echo "Reset..."
3563 reset halt
3564 @}
3565 @end example
3566
3567 The following target events are defined:
3568
3569 @itemize @bullet
3570 @item @b{debug-halted}
3571 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3572 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3573 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3574 @item @b{early-halted}
3575 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3576 @ignore
3577 @item @b{examine-end}
3578 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3579 @item @b{examine-start}
3580 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3581 @end ignore
3582 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3583 @* When GDB connects
3584 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3585 @* When GDB disconnects
3586 @item @b{gdb-end}
3587 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3588 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3589 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3590 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3591 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3592 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3593 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3594 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3595 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3596 @item @b{gdb-start}
3597 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3598 @item @b{halted}
3599 @* The target has halted
3600 @ignore
3601 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3602 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3603 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3604 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3605 @end ignore
3606 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3607 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3608 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3609 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3610 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3611 @item @b{reset-assert}
3612 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3613 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3614 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3615 it instead of asserting SRST.
3616 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3617 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3618 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3619 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3620 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3621 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3622 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3623 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3624 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3625 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3626 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3627 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3628 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3629 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3630 released on the scan chain.
3631 @item @b{reset-end}
3632 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3633 @ignore
3634 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3635 @* Currently not used
3636 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3637 @* Currently not used
3638 @end ignore
3639 @item @b{reset-init}
3640 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3641 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3642
3643 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3644 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3645 multiplexing, and so on.
3646 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3647 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3648 @item @b{reset-start}
3649 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3650 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3651
3652 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3653 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3654 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3655 @ignore
3656 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3657 @* Currently not used
3658 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3659 @* Currently not used
3660 @end ignore
3661 @item @b{resume-start}
3662 @* Before any target is resumed
3663 @item @b{resume-end}
3664 @* After all targets have resumed
3665 @item @b{resume-ok}
3666 @* Success
3667 @item @b{resumed}
3668 @* Target has resumed
3669 @end itemize
3670
3671
3672 @node Flash Commands
3673 @chapter Flash Commands
3674
3675 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3676 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3677 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3678 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3679 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3680 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3681 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3682 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3683 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3684
3685 Flash Steps:
3686 @enumerate
3687 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3688 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3689 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3690 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3691 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3692 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3693 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3694 @item GDB Flashing
3695 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3696 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3697 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3698 @end enumerate
3699
3700 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3701 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3702 so that it can't boot.
3703 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3704 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3705
3706 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3707 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3708 @cindex flash configuration
3709
3710 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3711 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3712 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3713 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3714 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3715 see the driver-specific documentation.
3716
3717 @itemize @bullet
3718 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3719 in other flash commands.
3720 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3721 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3722 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3723 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3724 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3725 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3726 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3727 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3728 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3729 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3730 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3731 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3732 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3733 commands to the flash controller.
3734 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3735 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3736 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3737 for more information.
3738 @end itemize
3739 @quotation Note
3740 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3741 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3742 @end quotation
3743 @end deffn
3744
3745 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3746 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3747 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3748 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3749 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3750 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3751 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3752 @end deffn
3753
3754 @deffn Command {flash list}
3755 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3756 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3757 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3758 @end deffn
3759
3760 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3761 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3762 depends on the flash type.
3763 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3764 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3765 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3766 but most don't bother.
3767 @end deffn
3768
3769 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3770 @cindex flash erasing
3771 @cindex flash reading
3772 @cindex flash writing
3773 @cindex flash programming
3774
3775 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3776 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3777 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3778 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3779 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3780
3781 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3782 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3783 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3784 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3785 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3786
3787 @quotation Note
3788 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3789 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3790 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3791 back to a flash bank.
3792 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3793 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3794 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3795 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3796 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3797 @end quotation
3798
3799 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3800 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3801 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3802 disabled first.
3803 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3804 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3805 @xref{flash protect}.
3806
3807 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3808 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3809 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3810 up to and including @var{last}.
3811 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3812 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3813 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3814 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3815 @end deffn
3816
3817 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3818 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3819 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3820 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3821 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3822 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3823 @end deffn
3824
3825 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3826 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3827 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3828 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3829 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3830 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3831 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3832 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3833 before issuing this command.
3834 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3835 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3836 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3837 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3838 @end deffn
3839 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3840
3841 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3842 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3843 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3844 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3845 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3846 @end deffn
3847
3848 @anchor{flash write_image}
3849 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3850 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3851 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3852 to the base address for each section in the image.
3853 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3854 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3855 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3856 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3857 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3858 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3859 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3860 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3861 each image segment.
3862 @end deffn
3863
3864 @section Other Flash commands
3865 @cindex flash protection
3866
3867 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3868 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3869 and display that status.
3870 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3871 This is the only operation that
3872 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3873 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3874 to get updated information.
3875 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3876 @end deffn
3877
3878 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3879 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3880 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3881 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3882 @end deffn
3883
3884 @anchor{flash protect}
3885 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3886 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3887 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3888 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3889 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3890 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3891 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3892 @end deffn
3893
3894 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3895 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3896 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3897 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3898 @end deffn
3899
3900 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3901 @section Flash Driver List
3902 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3903 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3904 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3905
3906 @subsection External Flash
3907
3908 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3909 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3910 @cindex CFI
3911 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3912 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3913 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3914 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3915 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3916 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3917 configure a bus and its timings), or
3918 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3919 on the flash chip.
3920 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3921 speed up operation.
3922
3923 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3924
3925 @itemize
3926 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3927 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3928 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3929 @end itemize
3930
3931 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3932 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3933
3934 @example
3935 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3936 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3937 @end example
3938
3939 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
3940 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
3941 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
3942
3943 @example
3944 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
3945 @end example
3946
3947 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3948 @end deffn
3949
3950 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3951
3952 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3953 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3954 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3955 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3956 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3957 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
3958
3959 @example
3960 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3961 @end example
3962 @end deffn
3963
3964 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
3965 @cindex at91sam3
3966 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
3967 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
3968 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
3969 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
3970 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
3971 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
3972 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
3973 chips are confirmed.}
3974
3975 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
3976 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
3977 the following fixed locations:
3978
3979 @example
3980 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
3981 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3982 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
3983 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3984 @end example
3985
3986 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
3987 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
3988 to the @command{flash bank} command:
3989
3990 @itemize
3991 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
3992 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
3993 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
3994 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
3995 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
3996 @end itemize
3997
3998 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
3999
4000 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4001 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4002 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4003 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4004 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4005 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4006 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4007
4008 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4009 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4010 @end deffn
4011
4012 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4013 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4014 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4015 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4016 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4017 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4018 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4019 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4020 @end deffn
4021
4022 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4023 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4024 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4025 @end deffn
4026 @end deffn
4027
4028 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4029 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4030 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4031 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4032 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4033
4034 @example
4035 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4036 @end example
4037
4038 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4039 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4040
4041 @itemize
4042 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4043 @item @var{banks}
4044 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4045 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4046 @item @var{pages_size}
4047 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4048 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4049 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4050 @end itemize
4051
4052 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4053 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4054 will be autoconfigured.
4055 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4056
4057 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4058 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4059 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4060 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4061 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4062
4063 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4064 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
4065 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4066 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4067 are not truly general purpose).
4068 @quotation Note
4069 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4070 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4071 @end quotation
4072 @end deffn
4073 @end deffn
4074
4075 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4076 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4077 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4078 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4079 @end deffn
4080
4081 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4082 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4083 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4084 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4085 and executed.
4086 @end deffn
4087
4088 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4089 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4090 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4091
4092 @quotation Note
4093 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4094 driver:
4095 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4096 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4097 @end quotation
4098
4099 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4100 which must appear in the following order:
4101
4102 @itemize
4103 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4104 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4105 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4106 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4107 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4108 at which the core is running
4109 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4110 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4111 @end itemize
4112
4113 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4114
4115 @example
4116 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4117 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4118 @end example
4119
4120 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4121 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4122 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4123 @end deffn
4124 @end deffn
4125
4126 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4127 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4128 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4129 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4130 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4131 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4132
4133 @example
4134 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4135 @end example
4136 @end deffn
4137
4138 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4139 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4140 from NXP.
4141
4142 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4143 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4144 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4145 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4146 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4147 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4148 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4149 you start the PLL.
4150
4151 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4152
4153 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4154 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4155 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4156
4157 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4158 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4159 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4160 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4161 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4162 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4163 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4164
4165 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4166 @example
4167 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4168 @end example
4169
4170 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4171 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4172 @code{flash banks} command.
4173
4174 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4175 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4176 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4177 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4178 a known signature.
4179 Example:
4180 @example
4181 lpc2900 signature 0
4182 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4183 @end example
4184 @end deffn
4185
4186 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4187 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4188 saves it to a file in binary format.
4189 Example:
4190 @example
4191 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4192 @end example
4193 @end deffn
4194
4195 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4196 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4197 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4198 command:
4199
4200 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4201 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4202 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4203 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4204
4205 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4206 Example:
4207 @example
4208 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4209 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4210 @end example
4211 @end deffn
4212
4213 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4214 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4215 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4216 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4217 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4218 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4219 912 bytes.
4220 @quotation Attention
4221 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4222 @end quotation
4223 Example:
4224 @example
4225 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4226 @end example
4227 @end deffn
4228
4229 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4230 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4231 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4232 after the next power cycle.
4233 @quotation Attention
4234 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4235 @end quotation
4236 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4237 Example:
4238 @example
4239 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4240 flash info 0
4241 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4242 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4243 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4244 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4245 @end example
4246 @end deffn
4247
4248 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4249 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4250 effective after the next power cycle.
4251 @quotation Attention
4252 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4253 @end quotation
4254 Examples:
4255 @example
4256 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4257 @end example
4258 @end deffn
4259 @end deffn
4260
4261 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4262 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4263
4264 @example
4265 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4266 @end example
4267 @end deffn
4268
4269 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4270 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4271 and integrate flash memory.
4272 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4273
4274 @example
4275 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4276 @end example
4277
4278 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4279 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4280 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4281 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4282 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4283 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4284 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4285 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4286 @end deffn
4287 @end deffn
4288
4289 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4290 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4291 Texas Instruments
4292 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4293 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4294 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4295 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4296 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4297 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4298
4299 @example
4300 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4301 @end example
4302 @end deffn
4303
4304 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4305 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4306 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4307 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4308 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4309
4310 @example
4311 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4312 @end example
4313
4314 Some stm32x-specific commands
4315 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4316 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4317 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4318 are defined:
4319
4320 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4321 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4322 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4323 @end deffn
4324
4325 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4326 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4327 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4328 @end deffn
4329
4330 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4331 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4332 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4333 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4334 @end deffn
4335
4336 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4337 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4338 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4339 @end deffn
4340 @end deffn
4341
4342 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4343 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4344 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4345 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4346 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4347
4348 @example
4349 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4350 @end example
4351
4352 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4353 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4354 for the specified flash bank.
4355 @end deffn
4356 @end deffn
4357
4358 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4359 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4360 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4361 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4362 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4363
4364 @example
4365 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4366 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4367 @end example
4368
4369 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4370 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4371 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4372
4373 @itemize @bullet
4374 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4375 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4376 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4377 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4378 @end itemize
4379 @end deffn
4380
4381 @end deffn
4382
4383 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4384 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4385 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4386 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4387
4388 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4389
4390 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4391 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4392 @end deffn
4393
4394 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4395 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4396 @end deffn
4397
4398 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4399 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4400 the flash clock.
4401 @end deffn
4402 @end deffn
4403
4404 @subsection str9xpec driver
4405 @cindex str9xpec
4406
4407 Here is some background info to help
4408 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4409 the str9:
4410 @enumerate
4411 @item
4412 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4413 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4414 @item
4415 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4416 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4417 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4418 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4419 @end enumerate
4420
4421 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4422 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4423 configured for flash bank 0.
4424 @example
4425 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4426 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4427 jtag_reset 0 1
4428 # turn off target polling
4429 poll off
4430 # disable str9 core
4431 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4432 # read option bytes
4433 str9xpec options_read 0
4434 # re-enable str9 core
4435 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4436 poll on
4437 reset halt
4438 @end example
4439 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4440 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4441 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4442 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4443
4444 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4445 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4446 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4447 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4448 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4449
4450 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4451
4452 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4453 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4454 @end deffn
4455
4456 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4457 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4458 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4459 @end deffn
4460
4461 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4462 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4463 erase the device.
4464 @end deffn
4465
4466 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4467 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4468 @end deffn
4469
4470 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4471 Configure str9 boot bank.
4472 @end deffn
4473
4474 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4475 Configure str9 lvd source.
4476 @end deffn
4477
4478 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4479 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4480 @end deffn
4481
4482 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4483 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4484 @end deffn
4485
4486 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4487 Read str9 option bytes.
4488 @end deffn
4489
4490 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4491 Write str9 option bytes.
4492 @end deffn
4493
4494 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4495 unlock str9 device.
4496 @end deffn
4497
4498 @end deffn
4499
4500
4501 @section mFlash
4502
4503 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4504 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4505
4506 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4507 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4508 address @var{base}.
4509 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4510 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4511
4512 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4513
4514 @example
4515 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4516 @end example
4517
4518 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4519
4520 @example
4521 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4522 @end example
4523 @end deffn
4524
4525 @subsection mFlash commands
4526 @cindex mFlash commands
4527
4528 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4529 Configure mflash PLL.
4530 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4531 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4532 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4533 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4534 @end deffn
4535
4536 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4537 Configure bootable option.
4538 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4539 (4kB) for boot.
4540 @end deffn
4541
4542 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4543 Configure storage information.
4544 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4545 written.
4546 @end deffn
4547
4548 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4549 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4550 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4551 @end deffn
4552
4553 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4554 Probe mflash.
4555 @end deffn
4556
4557 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4558 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4559 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4560 @end deffn
4561
4562 @node NAND Flash Commands
4563 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4564 @cindex NAND
4565
4566 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4567 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4568 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4569
4570 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4571 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4572 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4573 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4574 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4575 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4576
4577 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4578 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4579 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4580 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4581 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4582 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4583 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4584 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4585 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4586 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4587
4588 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4589 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4590 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4591 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4592 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4593 every 512 bytes of data.
4594
4595 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4596 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4597 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4598 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4599 ECC mode is used.
4600
4601 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4602 @enumerate
4603 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4604 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4605 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4606 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4607 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4608 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4609 to access that device.
4610 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4611 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4612 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4613 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4614 de-brick a board.
4615 @end enumerate
4616
4617 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4618 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4619 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4620 are only 32 bits wide.
4621 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4622 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4623 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4624 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4625
4626 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4627 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4628 @cindex NAND configuration
4629
4630 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4631 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4632 OpenOCD has initialized.
4633
4634 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name controller target [configparams...]
4635 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4636 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4637 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4638 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4639 they were a single (larger) device.
4640 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4641 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4642
4643 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4644 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4645 configuration files, not interactively.
4646
4647 @itemize @bullet
4648 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4649 in other commands.
4650 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4651 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4652 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4653 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4654 commands to the NAND controller.
4655 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4656 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4657 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4658 for more information.
4659 @end itemize
4660 @end deffn
4661
4662 @deffn Command {nand list}
4663 Prints a summary of each device declared
4664 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4665 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4666 @example
4667 > nand list
4668 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4669 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4670 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4671 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4672 >
4673 @end example
4674 @end deffn
4675
4676 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4677 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4678 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4679 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4680 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4681 it with most other NAND commands.
4682 @end deffn
4683
4684 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4685
4686 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4687 @cindex NAND reading
4688 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4689 starting at the specified offset.
4690 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4691
4692 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4693 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4694
4695 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4696 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4697 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4698
4699 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4700 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4701 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4702 method which handled that error correction.
4703
4704 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4705 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4706 @itemize @bullet
4707 @item no oob_* parameter
4708 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4709 @item @code{oob_raw}
4710 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4711 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4712 spare areas associated with each data page.
4713 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4714 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4715 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4716 @item @code{oob_only}
4717 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4718 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4719 spare areas associated with each data page.
4720 @end itemize
4721 @end deffn
4722
4723 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4724 @cindex NAND erasing
4725 @cindex NAND programming
4726 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4727 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4728 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4729 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4730 If those parameters are not specified,
4731 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4732 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4733
4734 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4735 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4736 block marker.
4737 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4738 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4742 @cindex NAND writing
4743 @cindex NAND programming
4744 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4745 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4746 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4747 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4748
4749 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4750 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4751
4752 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4753 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4754 past the end of the device.
4755 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4756 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4757 if that's being written.)
4758
4759 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4760 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4761 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4762
4763 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4764 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4765 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4766 @itemize @bullet
4767 @item no oob_* parameter
4768 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4769 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4770 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4771 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4772 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4773 @item @code{oob_only}
4774 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4775 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4776 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4777 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4778 @item @code{oob_raw}
4779 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4780 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4781 un-altered OOB.
4782 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4783 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4784 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4785 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4786 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4787 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4788 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4789 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4790 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4791 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4792 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4793 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4794 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4795 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4796 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4797 @end itemize
4798 @end deffn
4799
4800 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4801 @cindex NAND verification
4802 @cindex NAND programming
4803 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4804 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4805 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4806
4807 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4808 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4809
4810 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4811 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4812 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4813 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4814 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4815
4816 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4817 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4818 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4819
4820 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4821 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4822 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4823 be removed in a future release.
4824 @end deffn
4825
4826 @section Other NAND commands
4827 @cindex NAND other commands
4828
4829 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4830 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4831 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4832 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4833 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4834 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4835 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4836 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4837
4838 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4839 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4840 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4841 @end deffn
4842
4843 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4844 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4845 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4846 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4847 status for each block.
4848 @end deffn
4849
4850 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4851 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4852 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4853
4854 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4855 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4856 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4857 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4858 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4859
4860 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4861 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4862 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4863 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4864 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4865 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4866 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4867 @end deffn
4868
4869 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4870 @section NAND Driver List
4871 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4872 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4873 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4874
4875 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
4876 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
4877 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
4878 address of the ECC controller.
4879 @example
4880 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
4881 @end example
4882 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
4883 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
4884 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
4885 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
4886 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
4887 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
4888 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
4889 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4890 @end deffn
4891 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
4892 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
4893 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4894 @end deffn
4895
4896 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
4897 properly configured for input or output.
4898 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
4899 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
4900 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4901 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4902 @end deffn
4903 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
4904 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
4905 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4906 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4907 @end deffn
4908 @end deffn
4909
4910 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4911 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4912 chips from Texas Instruments.
4913 It takes three extra parameters:
4914 address of the NAND chip;
4915 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4916 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4917 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4918 @example
4919 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4920 @end example
4921 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4922 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4923 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4924 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4925 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4926 @end deffn
4927
4928 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4929 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4930 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4931 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4932 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4933 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4934 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4935 @end deffn
4936
4937 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4938 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4939 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4940 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4941 @end deffn
4942 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4943
4944 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4945 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4946 parameter: the address of the controller.
4947 @example
4948 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4949 @end example
4950 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4951 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4952 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4953 change any behavior.
4954 @end deffn
4955
4956 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4957 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
4958 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
4959 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
4960 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
4961 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
4962 specialized commands.
4963 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4964 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4965 change any behavior.
4966 @end deffn
4967
4968 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
4969 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
4970 @cindex PLD
4971 @cindex FPGA
4972
4973 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
4974 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
4975 OpenOCD can support programming them.
4976 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
4977 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
4978 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
4979 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
4980
4981 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
4982
4983 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
4984 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
4985 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
4986
4987 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
4988 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
4989
4990 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
4991 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
4992 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
4993 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
4994 behavior.
4995 @end deffn
4996
4997 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
4998 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5002 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5003 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5004 @end deffn
5005
5006 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5007
5008 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5009 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5010 that particular type of PLD.
5011
5012 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5013 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5014 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5015 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5016 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5017
5018 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5019 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5020 for FPGA @var{num}.
5021 @end deffn
5022 @end deffn
5023
5024 @node General Commands
5025 @chapter General Commands
5026 @cindex commands
5027
5028 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5029 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5030 commands are documented elsewhere.
5031
5032 Intent:
5033 @itemize @bullet
5034 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5035 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5036 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5037 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5038
5039 @item @b{From the human}
5040 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5041 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5042
5043 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5044 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5045 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5046
5047 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5048 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5049 port is 5555.
5050 @end itemize
5051
5052
5053 @section Daemon Commands
5054
5055 @deffn {Command} exit
5056 Exits the current telnet session.
5057 @end deffn
5058
5059 @c note EXTREMELY ANNOYING word wrap at column 75
5060 @c even when lines are e.g. 100+ columns ...
5061 @c coded in startup.tcl
5062 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5063 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5064 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5065 Not every command provides helptext.
5066 @end deffn
5067
5068 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5069 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5070 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5071 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5072 Useful in connection with script files
5073 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5074 @end deffn
5075
5076 @deffn Command shutdown
5077 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 @anchor{debug_level}
5081 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5082 @cindex message level
5083 Display debug level.
5084 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5085 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5086 Level 0 is error messages only;
5087 level 1 adds warnings;
5088 level 2 adds informational messages;
5089 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5090 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5091 the command line along with the location of that log
5092 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5093 @xref{Running}.
5094 @end deffn
5095
5096 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5097 Default disabled.
5098 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5099
5100 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5101 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5102 individually overridden.
5103
5104 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5105 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5106 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5107
5108 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5109
5110 @example
5111 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5112 @end example
5113 @end deffn
5114
5115 @deffn Command echo message
5116 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5117 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5118 @example
5119 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5120 @end example
5121 @end deffn
5122
5123 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5124 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5125 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5126 @end deffn
5127
5128 @anchor{Target State handling}
5129 @section Target State handling
5130 @cindex reset
5131 @cindex halt
5132 @cindex target initialization
5133
5134 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5135 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5136 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5137 a current target which is used to perform the
5138 various operations. The current target may be changed
5139 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5140 target which should become current.
5141
5142 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5143 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5144 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5145 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5146 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5147
5148 @emph{With no arguments}:
5149 list all available registers for the current target,
5150 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5151 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5152 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5153 are flagged as such.
5154
5155 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5156
5157 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5158 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5159 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5160 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5161 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5162 relevant module will flush such values.
5163
5164 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5165 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5166
5167 @example
5168 > reg
5169 ===== ARM registers
5170 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5171 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5172 (2) r2 (/32)
5173 ...
5174 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5175 >
5176 @end example
5177 @end deffn
5178
5179 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5180 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5181 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5182 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5183 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5184 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5185 (and enter debug mode).
5186 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5187
5188 @quotation Warning
5189 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5190 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5191 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5192 power mode by gating the core clock;
5193 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5194
5195 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5196 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5197 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5198 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5199 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5200 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5201
5202 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5203 work with a JTAG debugger.
5204 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5205 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5206 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5207 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5208 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5209 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5210 @end quotation
5211
5212 @end deffn
5213
5214 @deffn Command resume [address]
5215 Resume the target at its current code position,
5216 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5217 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5218 @end deffn
5219
5220 @deffn Command step [address]
5221 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5222 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5223 @end deffn
5224
5225 @anchor{Reset Command}
5226 @deffn Command reset
5227 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5228 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5229 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5230 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5231 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5232 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5233
5234 The optional parameter specifies what should
5235 happen after the reset.
5236 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5237 The other options will not work on all systems.
5238 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5239
5240 @itemize @minus
5241 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5242 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5243 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5244 @end itemize
5245 @end deffn
5246
5247 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5248 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5249 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5250 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5251 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5252 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5253 state.
5254 @end deffn
5255
5256 @section I/O Utilities
5257
5258 These commands are available when
5259 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5260 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5261 notably the ZY1000.
5262 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5263
5264 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5265
5266 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5267 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5268 the text file @file{filename}.
5269 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5270 The last string is followed by a newline.
5271 @end deffn
5272
5273 @deffn Command cat filename
5274 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5275 @end deffn
5276
5277 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5278 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5279 into @file{dest_filename}.
5280 @end deffn
5281
5282 @deffn Command ip
5283 @emph{No description provided.}
5284 @end deffn
5285
5286 @deffn Command ls
5287 @emph{No description provided.}
5288 @end deffn
5289
5290 @deffn Command mac
5291 @emph{No description provided.}
5292 @end deffn
5293
5294 @deffn Command meminfo
5295 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5296 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5297 @end deffn
5298
5299 @deffn Command peek
5300 @emph{No description provided.}
5301 @end deffn
5302
5303 @deffn Command poke
5304 @emph{No description provided.}
5305 @end deffn
5306
5307 @deffn Command rm filename
5308 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5309 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5310 @end deffn
5311
5312 @deffn Command trunc filename
5313 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5314 @end deffn
5315
5316 @anchor{Memory access}
5317 @section Memory access commands
5318 @cindex memory access
5319
5320 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5321 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5322 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5323 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5324
5325 @enumerate
5326 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5327 to change the current target.
5328 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5329 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5330 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5331 @end enumerate
5332
5333 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5334 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5335 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5336 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5337 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5338 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5339 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5340 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5341 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5342 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5343 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5344 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5345 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5346 @end deffn
5347
5348 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5349 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5350 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5351 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5352 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5353 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5354 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5355 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5356 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5357 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5358 @end deffn
5359
5360
5361 @anchor{Image access}
5362 @section Image loading commands
5363 @cindex image loading
5364 @cindex image dumping
5365
5366 @anchor{dump_image}
5367 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5368 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5369 binary file named @var{filename}.
5370 @end deffn
5371
5372 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5373 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5374 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5375 @end deffn
5376
5377 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5378 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5379 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5380 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5381 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5382 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5383 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5384 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5385 separately.
5386 @end deffn
5387
5388 @anchor{load_image}
5389 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5390 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5391 The file format may optionally be specified
5392 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5393 @end deffn
5394
5395 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5396 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5397 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5398 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5399 The file format may optionally be specified
5400 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5401 @end deffn
5402
5403 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5404 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5405 The file format may optionally be specified
5406 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5407 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410
5411 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5412 @cindex breakpoint
5413 @cindex watchpoint
5414
5415 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5416 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5417 watchpoints.
5418 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5419
5420 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5421 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5422 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5423 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5424 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5425 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5426
5427 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5428 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5429 @end deffn
5430
5431 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5432 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5433 @end deffn
5434
5435 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5436 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5437 @end deffn
5438
5439 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5440 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5441 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5442 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5443 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5444 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5445 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5446 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5447 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5448 @end deffn
5449
5450 @section Misc Commands
5451
5452 @cindex profiling
5453 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5454 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5455 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5456 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5457 @end deffn
5458
5459 @deffn Command {version}
5460 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5461 @end deffn
5462
5463 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5464 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5465 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5466 @end deffn
5467
5468 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5469 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5470 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5471 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5472
5473 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5474 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5475 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5476 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5477
5478 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5479 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5480 @cindex tracing
5481 @cindex ETM
5482 @cindex ETB
5483
5484 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5485 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5486 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5487
5488 @itemize
5489 @item
5490 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5491 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5492 supports such an interface.
5493 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5494 and trace port support.)
5495 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5496 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5497 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5498 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5499 in the board-specific configuration file.
5500 @item
5501 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5502 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5503 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5504 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5505 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5506 @end itemize
5507
5508 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5509
5510 @quotation Issues
5511 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5512 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5513
5514 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5515 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5516 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5517 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5518 dummy trace port driver}.
5519
5520 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5521 as well as tracing only during specific states
5522 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5523
5524 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5525 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5526 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5527 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5528 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5529
5530 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5531 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5532 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5533 this original style of JTAG access.
5534 @end quotation
5535
5536 @subsection ETM Configuration
5537 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5538
5539 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5540 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5541 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5542
5543 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5544 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5545 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5546 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5547 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5548 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5549 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5550 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5551 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5552
5553 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5554 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5555 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5556
5557 @quotation Warning
5558 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5559 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5560 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5561 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5562 @end quotation
5563
5564 @quotation Note
5565 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5566 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5567 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5568 what CPU activities are traced.
5569 @end quotation
5570 @end deffn
5571
5572 @deffn Command {etm info}
5573 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5574 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5575 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5576 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5577 @end deffn
5578
5579 @deffn Command {etm status}
5580 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5581 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5582 Did trace data overflow?
5583 Was it triggered?
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5587 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5588 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5589 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5590 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5591
5592 @itemize
5593 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5594 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5595 The value is one of
5596 @option{none} (save nothing),
5597 @option{data} (save data),
5598 @option{address} (save addresses),
5599 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5600 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5601 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5602 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5603 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5604 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5605 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5606 trace stream without an image of the code.
5607 @end itemize
5608 @end deffn
5609
5610 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5611 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5612 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5613 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5614 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5615
5616 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5617 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5618 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5619 @end deffn
5620
5621 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5622
5623 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5624 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5625 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5626
5627 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5628 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5629 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5630 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5631 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5632 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5633 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5634
5635 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5636
5637 @itemize
5638 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5639 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5640 for instruction access within that function's body.
5641 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5642 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5643 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5644 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5645 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5646 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5647 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5648 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5649 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5650 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5651 @item @emph{... more}
5652 @end itemize
5653
5654 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5655 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5656
5657 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5658 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5659 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5660 @end deffn
5661
5662 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5663 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5667 Opens an image file.
5668 @end deffn
5669
5670 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5671 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5672 @end deffn
5673
5674 @deffn Command {etm start}
5675 Starts trace data collection.
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5679 Stops trace data collection.
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5683 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5684
5685 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5686
5687 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5688 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5689 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5690 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5691 any trace data collection.}
5692 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5693 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5694 @end deffn
5695 @end deffn
5696
5697 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5698 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5699 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5700 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5701 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5702 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5703 @end deffn
5704 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5705 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5706 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5707 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5708 trace trigger becomes active.
5709
5710 @itemize
5711 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5712 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5713 afterwards.
5714 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5715 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5716 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5717 what caused that event to happen.
5718 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5719 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5720 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5721 how the event caused trouble.
5722 @end itemize
5723 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @end deffn
5727
5728 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5729 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5730 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5731 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5732 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5733
5734 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5735 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5736
5737 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5738 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5739 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5740 @end deffn
5741
5742 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5743 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5744 @end deffn
5745
5746 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5747 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5748 @end deffn
5749 @end deffn
5750
5751
5752 @section Generic ARM
5753 @cindex ARM
5754
5755 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5756 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5757 commands that may be available.
5758
5759 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5760 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5761 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5762 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5763 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5764 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5765 @end deffn
5766
5767 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5768 @cindex disassemble
5769 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5770 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5771 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5772 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5773 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5774 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5775 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5776
5777 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5778 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5779 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5780 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5781 with a handful of exceptions.
5782 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5783 @end deffn
5784
5785 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5786 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5787 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5788 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5789 and using the MCR instruction.
5790 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5791 an ARM register.)
5792 @end deffn
5793
5794 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5795 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5796 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5797 and the MRC instruction.
5798 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5799 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5800 an ARM register.)
5801 @end deffn
5802
5803 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5804 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5805 core mode if necessary.
5806 @end deffn
5807
5808 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5809 @cindex ARMv4
5810 @cindex ARMv5
5811
5812 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5813 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5814 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5815 variant.
5816
5817 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5818 @cindex ARM7
5819 @cindex ARM9
5820
5821 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5822 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5823 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5824 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5825
5826 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5827 Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5828 instead of breakpoints. This should be
5829 safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
5830 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5831 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5832 @end deffn
5833
5834 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5835 @cindex DCC
5836 Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
5837 amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5838 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5839 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5840 @end deffn
5841
5842 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5843 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5844 Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
5845 the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5846 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5847 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5848 @end deffn
5849
5850 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5851 @cindex ARM semihosting
5852 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
5853
5854 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
5855 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
5856 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
5857 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
5858 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
5859 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
5860 @end deffn
5861
5862 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5863 @cindex ARM720T
5864
5865 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5866 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5867 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5868 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5869
5870 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
5871 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5872 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5873 @end deffn
5874
5875 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5876 @cindex ARM9
5877
5878 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5879 integer processors.
5880 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5881
5882 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5883 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5884 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5885 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5886
5887 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5888 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5889 @cindex vector_catch
5890 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5891 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5892 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5893 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5894 to those hardware vectors.
5895
5896 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5897 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5898 vector catch hardware to intercept
5899 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5900 @option{none} of them,
5901 or a list with one or more of the following:
5902 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5903 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5904 @end deffn
5905
5906 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5907 @cindex ARM920T
5908
5909 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5910 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5911 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5912 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5913 and ARM9 commands.
5914
5915 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5916 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5917 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5918 @end deffn
5919
5920 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5921 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5922 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5923 @end deffn
5924
5925 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5926 Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
5927 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5928 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5929 or using zero if no other address is not provided.
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5933 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
5934 @end deffn
5935
5936 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
5937 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
5941 @cindex ARM926ej-s
5942
5943 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
5944 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
5945 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
5946 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5947 and ARM9 commands.
5948
5949 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
5950 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
5951
5952 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
5953 Print information about the caches found.
5954 @end deffn
5955
5956 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
5957 @cindex ARM966E
5958
5959 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
5960 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5961 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5962 and ARM9 commands.
5963
5964 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
5965 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5966 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5967 @end deffn
5968
5969 @subsection XScale specific commands
5970 @cindex XScale
5971
5972 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
5973
5974 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
5975 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
5976 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
5977 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
5978 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
5979 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
5980 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
5981
5982 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
5983 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
5984 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
5985 vector_table} command.
5986
5987 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
5988 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
5989 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
5990 code layout in memory:
5991 @example
5992 _vectors:
5993 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5994 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5995 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5996 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5997 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5998 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5999 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6000 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6001 .org 0x100
6002 .long real_reset_vector
6003 .long real_ui_handler
6004 .long real_swi_handler
6005 .long real_pf_abort
6006 .long real_data_abort
6007 .long 0 /* unused */
6008 .long real_irq_handler
6009 .long real_fiq_handler
6010 @end example
6011
6012 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6013 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6014 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6015 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6016
6017
6018 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6019 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6020
6021 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6022 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6023 @end deffn
6024
6025 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6026 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6027 @end deffn
6028
6029 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6030 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6031 @end deffn
6032
6033 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6034 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6035 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6036 @end deffn
6037
6038 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6039 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6040 @end deffn
6041
6042 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6043 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6044 @end deffn
6045
6046 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6047 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6048 @end deffn
6049
6050 @deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6051 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6052 @end deffn
6053
6054 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6055 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6056 @end deffn
6057
6058 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
6059 Enables or disables the trace buffer,
6060 and controls how it is emptied.
6061 @end deffn
6062
6063 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6064 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6065 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6066 The image @var{type} may be one of
6067 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6068 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6069 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6070 @end deffn
6071
6072 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6073 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6074 @cindex vector_catch
6075 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6076 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6077
6078 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6079 @example
6080 0x01 Trap Reset
6081 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6082 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6083 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6084 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6085 0x20 reserved
6086 0x40 Trap IRQ
6087 0x80 Trap FIQ
6088 @end example
6089 @end deffn
6090
6091 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6092 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [<low|high> <index> <value>]
6093 @cindex vector_table
6094
6095 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6096 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6097 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6098 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6099 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6100
6101 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6102
6103 @end deffn
6104
6105 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6106 @cindex ARMv6
6107
6108 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6109 @cindex ARM11
6110
6111 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
6112 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6113 which is enabled by default. Burst writes are only used
6114 for memory writes larger than 1 word. Single word writes
6115 are likely to be from reset init scripts and those writes
6116 are often to non-memory locations which could easily have
6117 many wait states, which could easily break burst writes.
6118 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6119 @end deffn
6120
6121 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
6122 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6123 which is enabled by default.
6124 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6125 @end deffn
6126
6127 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
6128 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6129 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6130 they are disabled by default.
6131 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6135 @cindex vector_catch
6136 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6137 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6138 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6139
6140 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6141 for certain hardware events.
6142 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6143 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6144 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6145 @end deffn
6146
6147 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6148 @cindex ARMv7
6149
6150 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6151 @cindex Debug Access Port
6152 @cindex DAP
6153 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6154 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6155 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6156
6157 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6158 Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6159 @end deffn
6160
6161 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6162 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6163 @end deffn
6164
6165 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6166 Displays id register from AP @var{num},
6167 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6171 Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
6172 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6173 @end deffn
6174
6175 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6176 Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
6177 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6178 @end deffn
6179
6180 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6181 @cindex Cortex-M3
6182
6183 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6184 @cindex disassemble
6185 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6186 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6187 @end deffn
6188
6189 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6190 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6191 @end deffn
6192
6193 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6194 @cindex vector_catch
6195 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6196 for certain hardware events.
6197
6198 Parameters request interception of
6199 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6200 @option{none} of them,
6201 or one or more of the following:
6202 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6203 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6204 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6205 @option{irq_err},
6206 @option{state_err},
6207 @option{chk_err}, or
6208 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6209 @option{reset}.
6210 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6211 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6212 are mapped to HardFault.
6213 UsageFault checks for
6214 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6215 must also be explicitly enabled.
6216
6217 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6218 @end deffn
6219
6220 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6221 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6222 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6223 @cindex tracing
6224 @cindex libdcc
6225 @cindex DCC
6226 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6227 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6228 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6229 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6230
6231 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6232 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6233 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6234 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6235 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6236 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6237
6238 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6239 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6240 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6241 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6242 The target being debugged may
6243 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6244 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6245 each supported by a command:
6246
6247 @itemize
6248 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6249 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6250 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6251 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6252
6253 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6254 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6255 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6256
6257 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6258 and then displayed at any time.
6259 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6260
6261 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6262 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6263 @end itemize
6264
6265 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6266 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6267 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6268 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6269 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6270 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6271 does the same thing.
6272
6273 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6274 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6275 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6276 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6277 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6278
6279 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6280 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6281 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6282 @end deffn
6283
6284 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6285 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6286 in the order they triggered.
6287 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6288 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6289 history records.
6290 @end deffn
6291
6292 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6293 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6294 they have been triggered.
6295 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6296 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6297 and associates it with that identifier.
6298
6299 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6300 are not related except by this command.
6301 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6302 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6303 @end deffn
6304
6305
6306 @node JTAG Commands
6307 @chapter JTAG Commands
6308 @cindex JTAG Commands
6309 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6310 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6311 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6312 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6313 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6314
6315 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6316 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6317
6318 @itemize @bullet
6319 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6320 devices such as a CPUs.
6321 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6322 standard state machine (in parallel)
6323 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6324 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6325 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6326 while the reading previous ones.
6327 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6328 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6329 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6330 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6331 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6332 registers.
6333 @end itemize
6334
6335 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6336
6337 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6338 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6339 the order of TAP state transitions.
6340 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6341 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6342 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6343
6344 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6345 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6346 that specify the entire register.
6347 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6348 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6349 The return value holds the original value of each
6350 of those fields.
6351
6352 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6353 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6354 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6355 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6356 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6357
6358 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6359 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6360
6361 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6362 in that state.
6363 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6364 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6365 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6366
6367 @quotation Warning
6368 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6369 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6370 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6371 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6372 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6373 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6374 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6375 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6376 @end quotation
6377 @end deffn
6378
6379 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6380 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6381 This may be used for performance tuning.
6382
6383 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6384 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6385 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6386 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6387 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6388 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6389 @end deffn
6390
6391 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6392 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6393 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6394 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6395 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6396 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6397
6398 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6399 in that state.
6400 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6401 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6402 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6403
6404 @quotation Note
6405 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6406 register values, unlike data register values.
6407 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6408 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6409 @end quotation
6410 @end deffn
6411
6412 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6413 Set values of reset signals.
6414 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6415 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6416 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6417 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6418 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6419 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6420 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6421
6422 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6423 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6424 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6425 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6426 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6427 instead of the TRST signal.
6428 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6429 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6430 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6431 with handlers for that event.
6432 @end deffn
6433
6434 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6435 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6436 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6437 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6438 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6439 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6440 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6441 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6442 The final state must also be stable.
6443 @end deffn
6444
6445 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6446 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6447 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6448 Instructions often need some time
6449 to execute before they take effect.
6450 @end deffn
6451
6452 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6453 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6454
6455 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6456 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6457 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6458 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6459 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6460 @end deffn
6461
6462 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6463 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6464 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6465 must also be enabled.
6466 Default is enabled.
6467 @end deffn
6468
6469 @section TAP state names
6470 @cindex TAP state names
6471
6472 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6473 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6474 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6475 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6476
6477 @itemize @bullet
6478 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6479 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6480 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6481 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6482 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6483 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6484 through the data register
6485 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6486 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6487 for update or more shifting
6488 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6489 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6490 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6491 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6492 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6493 through the instruction register
6494 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6495 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6496 for update or more shifting
6497 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6498 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6499 @end itemize
6500
6501 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6502 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6503 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6504 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6505
6506 @itemize @bullet
6507 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6508 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6509 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6510 may not be as expected.
6511 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6512 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6513 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6514 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6515 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6516 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6517 @end itemize
6518
6519 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6520 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6521
6522 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6523 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6524 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6525 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6526
6527 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6528 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6529 @cindex SVF
6530
6531 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6532 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6533 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6534
6535 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6536 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6537 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6538 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6539 each command is logged before it is executed.
6540 @end deffn
6541
6542 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6543 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6544 @cindex XSVF
6545
6546 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6547 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6548 Xilinx devices.
6549 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6550
6551 @quotation Important
6552 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6553 @end quotation
6554
6555 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6556 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6557 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6558 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6559 that TAP.
6560 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6561 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6562 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6563 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6564 @end deffn
6565
6566 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6567 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6568 after building the software.
6569 You may find them useful:
6570
6571 @itemize
6572 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6573 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6574 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6575 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6576 @end itemize
6577
6578 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6579 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6580 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6581 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6582 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6583 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6584 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6585
6586
6587 @node TFTP
6588 @chapter TFTP
6589 @cindex TFTP
6590 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6591 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6592
6593 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6594 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6595 server (tftpd). For example,
6596
6597 @example
6598 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6599 @end example
6600
6601 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6602 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6603
6604 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6605 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6606 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6607 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6608
6609 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6610 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6611 @cindex GDB
6612 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6613 to debug remote targets.
6614 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6615
6616 @itemize
6617 @item OpenOCD itself may need to be configured. @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6618 @item GDB itself may need configuration, as shown in this chapter.
6619 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6620 that also will probably need to be configured.
6621 @end itemize
6622
6623 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6624 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6625 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6626 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6627 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6628 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6629
6630 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6631 @section Connecting to GDB
6632 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6633 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6634 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6635 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6636 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6637
6638 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6639
6640 @enumerate
6641 @item
6642 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6643 @example
6644 target remote localhost:3333
6645 @end example
6646 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6647 @item
6648 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6649 @example
6650 target remote | openocd --pipe
6651 @end example
6652 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6653 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6654 session.
6655 @end enumerate
6656
6657 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6658 GDB command line.
6659
6660 @section Sample GDB session startup
6661
6662 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6663 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6664 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6665 small ARM program.
6666 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6667 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6668
6669 @example
6670 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6671 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6672 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6673 ...
6674 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6675 ...
6676 (gdb) load
6677 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6678 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6679 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6680 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6681 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6682 (gdb) continue
6683 Continuing.
6684 ...
6685 @end example
6686
6687 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6688 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6689 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6690 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6691
6692 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6693
6694 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6695 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6696 packet size and the device's memory map.
6697 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6698 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6699 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6700
6701 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6702 You may need to set those up by hand.
6703 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6704 something like:
6705
6706 @example
6707 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6708 @end example
6709
6710 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6711
6712 @example
6713 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6714 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6715 @end example
6716
6717 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6718 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6719 do not have such restrictions.
6720
6721 @section Programming using GDB
6722 @cindex Programming using GDB
6723
6724 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6725 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6726 @example
6727 gdb_memory_map disable
6728 @end example
6729 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6730 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6731 working area.
6732
6733 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6734 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6735 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6736 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6737
6738 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6739 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6740
6741 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6742 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6743 @example
6744 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6745 @end example
6746
6747 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6748 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6749
6750 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6751 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6752 will be used.
6753
6754 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6755 script can be executed:
6756 @example
6757 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6758 @end example
6759
6760 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6761 can be used.
6762
6763 @node Tcl Scripting API
6764 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6765 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6766 @cindex Tcl scripts
6767 @section API rules
6768
6769 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6770 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6771 information as an argument to each proc.
6772
6773 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6774 pair list and lists.
6775
6776 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6777 list.
6778
6779 @verbatim
6780
6781 > set foo(me) Duane
6782 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6783 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6784 > set foo(duck) Donald
6785
6786 If one does this:
6787
6788 > set foo
6789
6790 The result is:
6791
6792 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6793
6794 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6795
6796 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6797 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6798 }
6799 @end verbatim
6800
6801 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6802 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6803
6804 @section Internal low-level Commands
6805
6806 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6807
6808 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6809 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6810 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6811
6812 @itemize @bullet
6813 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6814
6815 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6816 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6817
6818 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6819 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6820
6821 Return information about the flash banks
6822 @end itemize
6823
6824 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6825 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6826 called "flash_banks".
6827
6828 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6829
6830 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6831 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6832 holds one of the following values:
6833
6834 @itemize @bullet
6835 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6836 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6837 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6838 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6839 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6840 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6841 @end itemize
6842
6843 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6844
6845 @quotation Note
6846 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6847 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6848 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6849 is jim, not real tcl).
6850 @end quotation
6851
6852 @node FAQ
6853 @chapter FAQ
6854 @cindex faq
6855 @enumerate
6856 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6857 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6858 @cindex RTCK
6859 @cindex adaptive clocking
6860 @*
6861
6862 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6863 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6864 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6865 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6866
6867 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6868 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6869 work. There are 2 basic options:
6870 @enumerate
6871 @item
6872 Use a special circuit.
6873 @item
6874 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6875 @end enumerate
6876
6877 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6878 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6879 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6880 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6881 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6882 4kHz.
6883
6884 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6885 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6886 painful.
6887
6888 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6889
6890 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6891 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6892
6893 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6894 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6895 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6896 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6897 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6898
6899 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6900 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6901 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6902 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6903
6904 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6905 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6906 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6907 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6908 with a CPLD.
6909 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6910 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6911 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6912 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6913 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6914 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6915
6916 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6917
6918 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6919
6920 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6921 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6922 depending on the chips on your board.
6923 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6924 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
6925 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
6926
6927 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
6928
6929 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
6930 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
6931 tedious, it is not always practical.
6932
6933 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
6934 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
6935 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
6936 this way.
6937
6938 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
6939 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
6940 clock rate.
6941 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
6942 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
6943 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6944
6945 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
6946
6947 @example
6948 # Example: 1.234MHz
6949 jtag_khz 1234
6950 @end example
6951
6952
6953 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
6954
6955 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
6956 around Windows filenames.
6957
6958 @example
6959 > echo \a
6960
6961 > echo @{\a@}
6962 \a
6963 > echo "\a"
6964
6965 >
6966 @end example
6967
6968
6969 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
6970
6971 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
6972 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
6973 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
6974
6975 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
6976 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
6977 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
6978
6979 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
6980 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
6981 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
6982
6983 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
6984
6985 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
6986 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
6987 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
6988 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
6989
6990 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
6991 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
6992 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
6993
6994 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
6995 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
6996
6997 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
6998 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
6999 memory read caused data abort".
7000
7001 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7002 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7003 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7004 be done, feel free to add this here.
7005
7006 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7007 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7008 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7009 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7010 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7011 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7012 gracefully stops.
7013
7014 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7015 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7016 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7017
7018 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7019 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7020 bytes. Painful...
7021
7022
7023 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7024 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7025
7026 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7027 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7028 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7029 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7030 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7031 reset, everything else should work fine.
7032
7033 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7034 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7035 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7036 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7037
7038 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7039 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7040 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7041 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7042
7043 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7044
7045 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7046 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7047 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7048 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7049
7050 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7051 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7052 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7053 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7054
7055 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7056 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7057 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7058
7059 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7060 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7061
7062 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7063 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7064 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7065 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7066 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7067 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7068 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7069 clock frequency?
7070
7071 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7072 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7073 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7074 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7075 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7076
7077 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7078
7079 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7080 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7081 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7082 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7083 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7084 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7085 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7086
7087 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7088
7089 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7090 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7091 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7092 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7093
7094 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7095 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7096 particular order?
7097
7098 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7099 the same order used by the hardware.
7100
7101 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7102 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7103 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7104 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7105 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7106 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7107
7108 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7109 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7110 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7111 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7112
7113 @itemize @bullet
7114 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7115 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7116 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7117 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7118 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7119 @end itemize
7120
7121 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7122
7123 @itemize @bullet
7124 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7125 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7126 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7127 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7128 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7129 @end itemize
7130
7131
7132 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7133 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7134 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7135
7136 TODO.
7137
7138 @end enumerate
7139
7140 @node Tcl Crash Course
7141 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7142 @cindex Tcl
7143
7144 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7145 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7146 how the Tcl scripts work.
7147
7148 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7149 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7150 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7151 OpenOCD.
7152
7153 @section Tcl Rule #1
7154 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7155 @enumerate
7156 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7157 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7158 @end enumerate
7159
7160 The Tcl equal is this:
7161
7162 @enumerate
7163 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7164 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7165 @end enumerate
7166
7167 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7168 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7169
7170 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7171 There is a second pair of rules.
7172 @enumerate
7173 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7174 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7175 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7176 in Tcl.
7177 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7178 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7179 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7180 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7181 @end enumerate
7182
7183 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7184 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7185 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7186 Everything is a string}
7187
7188 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7189 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7190 difference is subtle.
7191 @enumerate
7192 @item Parse Time
7193 @item Evaluation Time
7194 @end enumerate
7195
7196 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7197 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7198 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7199
7200 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7201 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7202 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7203 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7204
7205 @itemize @bullet
7206 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7207 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7208 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7209 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7210 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7211 @example
7212 # bash example
7213 X=`date`
7214 echo "The Date is: $X"
7215 # Tcl example
7216 set X [date]
7217 puts "The Date is: $X"
7218 @end example
7219 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7220 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7221 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7222 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7223 is a string}
7224 @example
7225 set x "Dinner"
7226 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7227 @end example
7228 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7229 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7230 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7231 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7232 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7233 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7234 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7235 @end itemize
7236
7237 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7238
7239 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7240
7241 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7242
7243 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7244 the normal way.
7245
7246 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7247 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7248 line is immedatly executed.
7249
7250 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7251 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7252
7253 @subsection Command Execution
7254
7255 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7256 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7257 control flow operators.
7258
7259 Commands are executed like this:
7260
7261 @enumerate
7262 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7263 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7264 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7265 @end enumerate
7266
7267 It sort of works like this:
7268 @example
7269 for(;;)@{
7270 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7271
7272 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7273
7274 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7275 @}
7276 @end example
7277
7278 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7279 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7280 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7281 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7282 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7283 ``LookupCommand()''
7284
7285 @subsection The FOR command
7286
7287 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7288 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7289 command just like any other command.
7290
7291 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7292 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7293 are:
7294
7295 @enumerate 0
7296 @item The ascii text 'for'
7297 @item The start text
7298 @item The test expression
7299 @item The next text
7300 @item The body text
7301 @end enumerate
7302
7303 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7304 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7305 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7306 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7307
7308 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7309 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7310
7311 @example
7312 int
7313 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7314 int *argc,
7315 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7316 @end example
7317
7318 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7319 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7320 still operates in the same basic way.
7321
7322 @subsection FOR command implementation
7323
7324 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7325 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7326
7327 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7328
7329 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7330
7331 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7332 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7333 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7334
7335 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7336 expression and returns a value.
7337
7338 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7339 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7340 @example
7341 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7342
7343 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7344
7345 int
7346 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7347 int argc,
7348 char **argv )
7349 @{
7350 if( argc != 5 )@{
7351 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7352 return ERROR;
7353 @}
7354
7355 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7356
7357 // Execute the start statement.
7358 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7359
7360 // Top of loop test
7361 for(;;)@{
7362 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7363 if( i == 0 )
7364 break;
7365
7366 // Execute the body
7367 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7368
7369 // Execute the LOOP part
7370 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7371 @}
7372
7373 // Return no error
7374 SetResult( interp, "" );
7375 return SUCCESS;
7376 @}
7377 @end example
7378
7379 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7380 in the same basic way.
7381
7382 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7383
7384 @subsection source and find commands
7385 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7386 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7387 @*Remember the parsing rules
7388 @enumerate
7389 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7390 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7391 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7392 substituted on the orginal command line.
7393 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7394 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7395 @end enumerate
7396 @subsection format command
7397 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7398 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7399 @b{sprintf()}.
7400 @b{Example}
7401 @example
7402 set x 6
7403 set y 7
7404 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7405 @end example
7406 @enumerate
7407 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7408 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7409 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7410 @* Refer to Rule #1
7411 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7412 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7413 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7414 @end enumerate
7415 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7416 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7417 @example
7418 #1 Good
7419 proc someproc @{@} @{
7420 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7421 @}
7422 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7423 #2 Good - no variables
7424 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7425 #3 Good Curly Braces
7426 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7427 puts "Time: [date]"
7428 @}
7429 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7430 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7431 @end example
7432 @enumerate
7433 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7434 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7435 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7436 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7437 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7438 command.
7439 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7440 @*There are 4 examples:
7441 @enumerate
7442 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7443 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7444 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7445 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7446 @end enumerate
7447
7448 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7449 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7450 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7451
7452 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7453 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7454 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7455 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7456 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7457 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7458 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7459 @end enumerate
7460 @subsection Global Variables
7461 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7462 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7463 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7464 @example
7465 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7466 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7467 global x #Global variable X
7468 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7469 @}
7470 @end example
7471 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7472 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7473 @example
7474 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7475 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7476 # Create var name
7477 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7478 # Make it a global
7479 global $vn
7480 # Set it.
7481 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7482 @}
7483 @end example
7484 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7485 @example
7486 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7487 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7488 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7489 @}
7490 @end example
7491
7492 @include fdl.texi
7493
7494 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7495 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7496 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7497 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7498 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7499 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7500
7501 @printindex cp
7502
7503 @node Command and Driver Index
7504 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7505 @printindex fn
7506
7507 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)